1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
31 #include "blockinput.h"
33 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
34 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
35 #include "syssignal.h"
37 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
38 if this is not done before the other system files. */
40 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
42 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
43 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
45 #include <sys/types.h>
48 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
57 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
58 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
61 #include "character.h"
64 #include "dispextern.h"
66 #include "termhooks.h"
69 #include "emacs-icon.h"
74 #include "intervals.h"
80 #include "xsettings.h"
82 #include "sysselect.h"
85 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
98 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
102 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
104 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
105 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
107 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
109 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
110 #if defined USE_MOTIF
111 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
112 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
113 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
116 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
117 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
118 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
119 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
120 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
121 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
122 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
124 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
125 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
126 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
127 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
129 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
133 #ifndef XtNinitialState
134 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
138 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
140 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
144 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
149 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
152 static int any_help_event_p
;
154 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
155 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
157 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
160 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
162 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
163 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
164 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
165 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
167 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
169 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
170 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
171 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
172 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
174 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
176 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
178 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
180 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
185 } pending_event_wait
;
188 /* The application context for Xt use. */
189 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
190 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
192 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
194 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
195 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
197 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
198 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
199 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
201 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
205 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
206 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
207 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
208 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
210 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
212 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
213 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
214 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
215 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
216 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
217 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
218 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
219 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
220 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
223 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
225 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
226 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
227 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
229 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
231 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
232 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
235 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
236 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
239 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
241 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
242 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
243 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
244 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
245 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
246 it's somewhat accurate. */
248 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
250 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
252 static Time last_user_time
;
254 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
257 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
259 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
261 static int x_noop_count
;
263 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
265 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
266 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
269 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
270 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
272 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
273 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
276 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
277 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
281 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
286 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
287 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
288 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
289 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
291 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
292 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
293 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
295 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
296 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
297 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
298 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
299 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
302 /* Used in x_flush. */
304 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
305 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
306 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
307 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
308 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
309 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
311 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
312 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
313 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
314 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
315 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
316 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
317 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
318 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
319 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
320 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
321 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
322 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
323 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
324 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
325 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
326 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
327 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
328 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
329 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
330 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
331 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
333 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
334 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
335 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
336 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
337 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
338 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
339 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
340 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
341 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
343 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
344 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
345 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
346 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
347 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
348 int *, struct input_event
*);
350 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
352 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
353 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
354 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
355 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
356 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
357 static void x_initialize (void);
360 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
363 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
365 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
366 connection may be broken. */
367 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
373 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
374 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
375 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
376 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
378 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
379 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
384 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
385 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
386 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
387 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
388 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
391 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
394 /***********************************************************************
396 ***********************************************************************/
400 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
401 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
409 struct record event_record
[100];
411 int event_record_index
;
414 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
416 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
417 event_record_index
= 0;
419 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
420 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
421 event_record_index
++;
428 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
430 struct x_display_info
*
431 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
433 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
435 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
436 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
443 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
445 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
446 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
447 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
449 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
453 unsigned int nchildren
;
456 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
463 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
466 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
469 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
470 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
472 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
476 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
481 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
482 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
483 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
484 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
488 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
490 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
493 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
495 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
497 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
498 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
499 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
500 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
502 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
504 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
505 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
506 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
508 /* return unless necessary */
513 unsigned long n
, left
;
515 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
516 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
517 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
520 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
522 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
532 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
533 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
534 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
539 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
541 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
545 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
547 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
551 /***********************************************************************
552 Starting and ending an update
553 ***********************************************************************/
555 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
556 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
557 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
558 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
559 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
562 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
568 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
569 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
573 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
575 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
576 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
579 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
583 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
585 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
586 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
588 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
590 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
591 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
598 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
601 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
603 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
606 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
608 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
611 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
612 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
615 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
617 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
618 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
620 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
621 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
622 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
624 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
625 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
629 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
631 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (WVAR (w
, frame
)));
633 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
638 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
640 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
642 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
643 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
648 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
649 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
650 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
652 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
653 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
654 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
657 updated_window
= NULL
;
661 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
665 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
667 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
668 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
672 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
678 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
679 complete update has been performed. The global variable
680 updated_window is not available here. */
683 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
687 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
689 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
690 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
693 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
694 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
695 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
696 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
697 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
704 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
705 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
706 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
707 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
708 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
709 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
712 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
714 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
720 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
721 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
723 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
724 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
725 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
726 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
727 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
728 overhead is very small. */
729 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
730 && desired_row
->full_width_p
731 && (f
= XFRAME (WVAR (w
, frame
)),
732 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
734 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
737 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
740 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
741 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
742 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
743 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
744 y
, width
, height
, False
);
750 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
752 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
753 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
754 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
755 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
756 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
758 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
759 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
763 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
765 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
766 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
767 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
768 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
770 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
772 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
774 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
775 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
776 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
777 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
778 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
779 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
780 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
781 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
783 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
787 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
788 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
789 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
793 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
794 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
795 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
796 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
800 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
802 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
803 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
805 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
810 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
812 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
813 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
815 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
816 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
821 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
822 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
825 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
831 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
832 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
836 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
838 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
840 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
842 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
844 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
845 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
847 face
->background
, depth
);
851 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
852 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
855 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
856 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
857 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
858 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
861 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
862 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
863 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
867 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
868 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
869 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
873 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
878 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
879 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
880 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
884 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
888 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
889 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
892 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
897 /***********************************************************************
899 ***********************************************************************/
903 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
904 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
905 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
907 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
908 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
909 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
910 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
911 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
912 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
913 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
914 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
915 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
916 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
917 unsigned long *, double, int);
918 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
919 double, int, unsigned long);
920 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
921 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
922 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
923 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
924 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
925 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
927 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
928 int, int, int, int, int, int,
930 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
931 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
932 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
935 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
939 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
943 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
945 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
946 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
947 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
949 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
952 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
956 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
957 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
959 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
960 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
961 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
962 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
963 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
964 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
965 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
967 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
968 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
969 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
971 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
972 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
975 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
976 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
977 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
979 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
980 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
983 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
984 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
986 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
991 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
994 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
999 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1000 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1001 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1003 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1005 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1006 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1008 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1009 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1010 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1012 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1013 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1016 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1021 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1022 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1023 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1024 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1026 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1027 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1030 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1031 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1033 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1036 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1040 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1041 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1042 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1045 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1047 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1051 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1052 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1056 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1058 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1060 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1062 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1063 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1065 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1067 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1068 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1070 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1072 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1075 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1077 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1078 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1080 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1081 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1083 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1084 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1088 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1089 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1092 /* GC must have been set. */
1093 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1097 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1098 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1101 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1103 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1104 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1107 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1112 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1113 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1117 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1122 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1124 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1127 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1132 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1135 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1138 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1139 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1141 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1143 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1145 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1146 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1149 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1150 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1151 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1155 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1157 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1159 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1160 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1161 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1165 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1166 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1171 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1174 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1177 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1178 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1179 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1180 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1184 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1185 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1186 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1187 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1188 contains the first component of a composition. */
1191 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1193 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1194 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1195 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1197 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1201 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1202 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1203 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1204 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1205 s
->background_width
,
1206 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1207 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1208 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1210 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1211 || s
->font_not_found_p
1212 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1215 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1216 s
->background_width
,
1217 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1218 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1224 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1227 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1231 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1232 of S to the right of that box line. */
1233 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1234 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1235 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1239 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1241 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1243 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1245 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1246 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1247 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1249 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1254 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1255 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1258 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1259 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1261 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1263 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1264 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1266 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1267 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1268 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1272 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1275 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1278 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1280 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1281 of S to the right of that box line. */
1282 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1283 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1284 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1288 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1289 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1290 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1291 this composition. */
1293 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1294 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1295 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1297 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1298 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1299 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1301 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1305 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1306 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1307 space on the left or right. */
1308 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1310 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1311 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1313 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1314 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1315 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1320 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1325 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1327 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1328 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1329 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1332 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1336 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1337 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1338 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1341 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1342 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1343 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1344 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1345 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1346 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1354 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1355 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1356 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1362 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1365 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1367 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1371 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1372 of S to the right of that box line. */
1373 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1374 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1375 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1381 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1383 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1384 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1386 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1389 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1390 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1394 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1395 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1396 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1397 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1398 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1399 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1402 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1404 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1405 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1406 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1412 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1415 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1416 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1418 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1419 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1421 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1422 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1423 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1425 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1426 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1427 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1430 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1431 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1432 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1433 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1434 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1435 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1439 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1441 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1442 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1443 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1444 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1448 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1449 cannot be determined. */
1451 static struct frame
*
1452 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1454 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1458 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1460 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1461 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1462 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1463 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1464 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1465 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1467 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1468 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1469 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1470 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1471 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1473 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1474 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1475 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1481 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1482 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1483 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1484 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1485 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1486 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1489 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1490 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1492 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1493 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1496 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1499 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1500 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1502 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1504 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1506 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1511 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1512 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1514 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1517 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1519 DPY is the display we are working on.
1521 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1522 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1523 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1524 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1526 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1527 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1529 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1530 we allocated the color or not.
1532 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1535 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1536 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1537 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1547 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1548 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1550 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1554 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1555 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1556 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1558 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1560 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1561 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1563 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1565 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1566 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1568 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1569 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1571 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1572 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1577 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1579 params
[0] = color_name
;
1580 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1581 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1582 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1587 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1589 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1591 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1595 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1599 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1600 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1603 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1608 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1609 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1610 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1612 APP is the application context in which we work.
1614 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1615 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1616 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1618 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1621 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1626 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1628 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1631 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1633 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1634 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1635 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1636 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1637 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1642 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1645 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1646 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1647 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1648 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1650 static const XColor
*
1651 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1653 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1655 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1657 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1658 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1661 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1662 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1663 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1665 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1666 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1668 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1669 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1672 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1673 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1677 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1678 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1681 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1683 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1685 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1688 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1690 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1691 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1692 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1693 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1697 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1701 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1702 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1705 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1707 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1711 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1712 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1713 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1717 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1721 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1724 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1725 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1726 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1727 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1729 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1730 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1731 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1733 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1735 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1737 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1738 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1739 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1740 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1742 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1745 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1749 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1750 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1751 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1752 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1756 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1757 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1758 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1759 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1760 XColor
*cached_color
;
1762 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1763 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1764 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1765 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1766 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1768 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1769 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1770 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1774 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1776 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1777 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1783 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1784 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1785 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1789 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1791 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1792 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1796 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1797 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1798 get color reference counts right. */
1801 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1805 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1807 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1808 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1810 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1811 register_color (pixel
);
1817 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1820 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1821 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1822 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1823 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1824 use an additional additive factor.
1826 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1827 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1828 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1831 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1832 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1833 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1834 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1835 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1836 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1839 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1845 /* Get RGB color values. */
1846 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1847 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1849 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1850 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1851 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1852 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1853 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1855 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1856 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1858 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1859 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1860 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1861 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1862 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1864 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1865 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1866 /* The additive adjustment. */
1867 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1871 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1872 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1873 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1877 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1878 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1879 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1883 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1884 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1887 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1889 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1890 delta to the RGB values. */
1891 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1893 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1894 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1895 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1896 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1907 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1908 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1909 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1910 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1911 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1912 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1915 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1918 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1919 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1920 unsigned long pixel
;
1921 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1922 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1923 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1924 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1926 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1927 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1929 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1930 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1931 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1933 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1935 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1936 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1939 /* Allocate new color. */
1940 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1942 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1943 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1945 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1946 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1949 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1951 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1953 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1956 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1960 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1963 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1965 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1966 unsigned long color
;
1968 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1969 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1970 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1972 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1973 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1978 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1979 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1980 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1983 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1984 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1986 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1987 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1988 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1989 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1990 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1995 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1996 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1997 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1998 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1999 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2000 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2004 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2005 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2006 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
2007 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2009 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2010 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2015 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2017 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2018 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2020 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2021 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2022 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2029 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2030 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2031 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2033 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2034 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2035 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2036 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2043 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2045 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2046 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2048 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2049 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2050 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2053 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2055 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2057 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2058 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2062 /* Outermost top line. */
2064 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2065 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2066 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2068 /* Outermost left line. */
2070 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2076 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2077 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2078 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2079 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2080 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2081 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2082 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2088 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2089 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2090 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2091 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2092 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2095 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2099 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2100 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2101 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2102 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2103 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2104 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2107 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2108 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2109 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2113 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2114 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2115 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2118 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2119 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2123 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2124 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2127 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2128 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2132 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2133 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2135 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2136 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2140 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2143 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2145 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2146 int left_p
, right_p
;
2147 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2148 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2150 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2151 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2152 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2154 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2155 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2157 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2159 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2160 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2162 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2164 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2166 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2168 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2169 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2171 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2172 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2173 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2175 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2177 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2179 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2180 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2181 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2184 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2185 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2186 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2191 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2194 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2197 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2199 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2200 right of that line. */
2201 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2202 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2204 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2206 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2208 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2209 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2210 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2211 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2217 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2218 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2219 trust on the shape extension to be available
2220 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2222 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2225 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2227 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2228 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2229 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2230 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2231 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2233 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2236 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2237 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2238 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2239 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2240 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2241 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2245 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2247 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2250 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2251 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2252 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2253 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2254 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2255 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2257 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2258 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2259 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2260 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2261 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2262 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2263 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2265 int relief
= s
->img
->relief
;
2266 if (relief
< 0) relief
= -relief
;
2267 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2268 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2269 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2270 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2275 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2276 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2277 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2281 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2284 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2286 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2287 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2290 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2292 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2293 right of that line. */
2294 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2295 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2297 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2299 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2301 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2302 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2303 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2304 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2306 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2307 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2309 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2310 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2314 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2315 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2318 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2319 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2321 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2322 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2323 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2325 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2326 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2328 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2329 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2332 x0
= x
- thick
- extra_x
;
2333 y0
= y
- thick
- extra_y
;
2334 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra_x
;
2335 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra_y
;
2337 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2338 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2339 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2341 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2343 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2348 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2351 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2354 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2356 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2357 right of that line. */
2358 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2359 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2361 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2363 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2365 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2366 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2367 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2368 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2374 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2375 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2376 trust on the shape extension to be available
2377 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2379 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2383 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2384 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2385 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2386 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2387 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2389 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2390 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2391 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2392 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2396 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2397 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2398 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2400 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2401 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2402 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2403 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2404 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2405 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2406 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2408 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2410 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2411 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2412 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2417 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2418 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2419 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2423 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2424 give the rectangle to draw. */
2427 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2431 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2432 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2433 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2434 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2437 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2441 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2444 s->x +-------------------------
2447 | +-------------------------
2450 | | +-------------------
2456 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2458 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2459 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2461 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2464 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2465 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2466 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2467 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2469 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2470 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2472 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2473 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2477 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2478 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2482 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2483 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2484 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2485 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2486 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2488 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2489 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2490 s
->background_width
,
2493 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2495 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2497 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2500 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2501 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2502 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2503 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2504 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2505 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2506 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2511 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2513 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2514 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2515 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2516 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2524 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2526 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2528 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2529 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2531 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2534 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2537 /* Draw the foreground. */
2540 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2541 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2542 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2543 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2544 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2547 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2549 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2551 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2552 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2553 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2557 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2560 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2562 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2564 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2565 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2567 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2568 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2569 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2572 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2574 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2578 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2584 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2586 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2588 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2589 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2590 x
+= background_width
;
2592 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2593 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2597 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2599 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2600 if (width
< background_width
)
2603 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2607 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2611 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2612 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2614 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2620 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2621 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2623 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2625 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2626 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2627 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2628 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2633 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2634 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2635 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2636 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2640 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2642 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2643 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2645 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2646 except for header line and mode line. */
2647 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2649 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2652 if (background_width
> 0)
2653 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2656 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2660 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2666 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2671 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2673 int wave_height
= 2, wave_length
= 3;
2674 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2675 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2678 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2684 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2686 wave_clip
= (XRectangle
){ x0
, y0
, width
, wave_height
};
2687 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2689 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2692 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2694 /* Draw the waves */
2696 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2706 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2711 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2713 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2717 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2718 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2722 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2725 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2727 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2729 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2730 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2731 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2732 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2735 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2737 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2738 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2739 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2740 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2742 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2743 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2744 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2745 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2747 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2748 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2752 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2753 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2755 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2756 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2757 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2758 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2759 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2760 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2763 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2764 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2765 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2766 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2769 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2771 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2772 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2773 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2774 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2775 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2776 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2778 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2780 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2783 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2787 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2791 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2792 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2794 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2795 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2798 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2799 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2800 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2801 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2803 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2804 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2807 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2808 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2809 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2811 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2812 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2819 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2821 /* Draw underline. */
2822 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2824 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2826 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2827 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2831 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2832 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2833 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2834 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2837 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2839 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2842 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2844 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2845 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2846 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2850 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2851 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2852 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2855 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2856 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2859 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2860 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2861 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2862 specs, and its default is
2864 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2865 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2867 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2868 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2869 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2871 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2873 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2875 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2877 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2878 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2879 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2880 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2881 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2882 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2883 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2884 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2885 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2886 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2887 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2888 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2892 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2893 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2894 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2895 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2896 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2900 /* Draw overline. */
2901 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2903 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2905 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2906 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2911 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2912 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2913 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2915 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2919 /* Draw strike-through. */
2920 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2922 unsigned long h
= 1;
2923 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2925 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2926 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2931 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2932 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2933 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2935 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2939 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2940 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2941 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2945 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2947 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2948 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2949 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2951 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2952 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2953 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2956 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2957 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2958 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2959 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2961 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2962 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2964 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2970 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2972 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2973 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2974 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2976 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2977 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2978 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2981 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2982 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2983 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2984 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2986 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2987 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2989 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2994 /* Reset clipping. */
2995 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2999 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
3002 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
3004 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3005 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3006 x
, y
, width
, height
,
3010 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
3014 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
3020 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
3021 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
3024 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
3026 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3027 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3031 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3034 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3036 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3038 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3039 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
3040 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
3042 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
3043 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
3046 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
3048 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3049 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3050 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3052 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3053 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3054 redisplay, do it here. */
3055 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3056 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3059 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3066 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3069 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3075 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3076 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3077 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3079 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3080 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3081 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3082 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3084 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3088 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3091 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3092 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3093 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3094 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3095 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3096 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3097 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3098 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3099 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3102 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3103 pixels into background pixels. */
3107 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3108 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3109 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3111 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3112 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3116 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3117 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3118 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3119 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3120 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3121 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3122 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3126 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3127 edge it is next to. */
3128 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3130 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3131 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3134 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3135 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3142 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3144 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3145 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3147 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3149 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3150 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3151 width
, flash_height
);
3152 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3154 (height
- flash_height
3155 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3156 width
, flash_height
);
3160 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3161 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3162 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3163 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3168 EMACS_TIME delay
= make_emacs_time (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3169 EMACS_TIME wakeup
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), delay
);
3171 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3173 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3175 EMACS_TIME current
= current_emacs_time ();
3178 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3179 if (EMACS_TIME_LE (wakeup
, current
))
3182 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3183 timeout
= make_emacs_time (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3185 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3186 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3190 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3191 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3193 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3195 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3196 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3197 width
, flash_height
);
3198 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3200 (height
- flash_height
3201 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3202 width
, flash_height
);
3205 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3206 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3207 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3208 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3214 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3216 #undef XFillRectangle
3218 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3229 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3234 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3235 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3236 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3239 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3240 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3241 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3246 /* Make audible bell. */
3249 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3251 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3258 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3259 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3266 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3267 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3268 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3269 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3272 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3274 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3279 /***********************************************************************
3281 ***********************************************************************/
3283 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3284 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3287 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3293 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3296 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3298 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WVAR (w
, frame
));
3299 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3301 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3302 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3304 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3306 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3307 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3308 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3309 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3310 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3311 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3312 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3313 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3315 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3319 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3320 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3321 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3323 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3325 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3326 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3328 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3329 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3334 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3335 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3336 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3340 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3341 line at the bottom. */
3342 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3343 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3345 height
= run
->height
;
3349 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3351 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3352 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3354 height
= run
->height
;
3359 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3363 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3364 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3365 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3375 /***********************************************************************
3377 ***********************************************************************/
3381 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3383 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3384 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3385 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3386 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3388 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3389 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3390 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3391 because of this (bug#9310). */
3392 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3393 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3394 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3395 x_uncatch_errors ();
3397 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3398 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3402 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3404 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3405 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3406 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3407 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3409 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3410 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3411 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3412 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3413 x_uncatch_errors ();
3415 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3416 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3419 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3420 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3421 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3422 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3423 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3426 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3428 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3430 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3432 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3433 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3434 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3436 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3437 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3439 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3440 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3442 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3445 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3448 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3449 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3450 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3453 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3455 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3457 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3459 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3460 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3462 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3463 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3464 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3465 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3466 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3468 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3469 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3473 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3476 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3477 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3480 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3482 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3484 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3486 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3487 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3491 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3492 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3494 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3495 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3499 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3500 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3502 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3505 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3507 struct frame
*frame
;
3509 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3513 switch (event
->type
)
3518 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3520 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3522 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3523 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3524 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3525 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3527 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3533 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3534 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3535 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3536 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3540 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3542 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3543 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3544 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3551 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3552 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3555 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3557 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3561 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3562 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3563 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3565 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3566 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3567 the appropriate X display info. */
3570 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3572 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3576 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3578 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3580 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3582 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3583 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3584 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3585 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3586 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3588 FSET (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3589 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3593 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3595 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3598 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3599 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3600 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3606 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3608 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3610 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3612 int min_code
, max_code
;
3615 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3617 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3618 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3619 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3620 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3621 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3623 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3625 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3626 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3628 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3630 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3631 Alt keysyms are on. */
3633 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3634 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3636 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3638 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3639 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3641 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3643 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3647 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3651 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3653 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3659 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3660 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3665 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3666 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3671 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3672 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3673 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3674 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3679 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3680 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3681 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3682 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3686 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3687 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3688 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3689 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3690 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3699 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3700 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3702 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3703 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3706 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3707 make them just meta, not alt. */
3708 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3710 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3714 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3717 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3721 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3723 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3724 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3725 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3726 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3729 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3730 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3731 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3732 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3733 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3734 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3735 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3736 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3738 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3739 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3740 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3741 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3742 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3743 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3747 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3749 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3750 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3751 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3752 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3756 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3757 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3758 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3759 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3760 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3761 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3762 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3763 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3766 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3767 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3768 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3769 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3770 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3771 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3774 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3777 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3782 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3790 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3792 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3794 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3798 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3800 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3802 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3803 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3804 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3805 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3807 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3811 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3812 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3813 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3819 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3820 The input handler calls this.
3822 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3823 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3824 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3825 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3827 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3828 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3831 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3833 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3834 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3835 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3837 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3840 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3842 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3843 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3844 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3845 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3850 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3851 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3852 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3853 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3854 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3855 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3857 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3858 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3859 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3860 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3861 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3862 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3870 /************************************************************************
3872 ************************************************************************/
3875 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3877 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3878 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3879 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3880 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3881 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3886 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3887 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3889 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3890 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3891 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3892 position on the scroll bar.
3894 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3895 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3898 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3899 was at this position.
3901 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3903 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3907 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3908 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3915 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3916 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3922 Window dummy_window
;
3925 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3927 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3928 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3929 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3930 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3931 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3933 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3935 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3936 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3937 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3939 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3942 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3943 a different screen. */
3946 /* The position on that root window. */
3949 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3952 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3954 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3956 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3957 containing the pointer. */
3961 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3965 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3966 structure is changing at the same time this function
3967 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3969 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3971 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3972 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3974 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3975 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3976 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3978 /* From-window, to-window. */
3979 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3981 /* From-position, to-position. */
3982 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3986 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3992 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3994 /* From-window, to-window. */
3997 /* From-position, to-position. */
3998 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4003 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4006 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4007 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4008 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4009 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4010 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
4018 /* Now we know that:
4019 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4020 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4021 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4022 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4023 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4024 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4025 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4026 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4027 never use them in that case.) */
4030 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4031 want the edit window. */
4032 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4034 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4035 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4038 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4039 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4042 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4043 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4045 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4048 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4051 x_uncatch_errors ();
4053 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4056 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4058 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4062 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4068 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4069 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4073 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4074 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4075 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4076 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4077 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4078 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4079 the frame are divided into. */
4081 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4082 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4087 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4088 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4089 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4099 /***********************************************************************
4101 ***********************************************************************/
4103 /* Scroll bar support. */
4105 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4107 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4110 static struct scroll_bar
*
4111 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4115 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4116 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4117 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4119 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4121 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4123 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4124 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4125 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4128 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4131 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4133 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4134 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4135 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4136 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4137 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4140 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4141 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4142 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4143 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4150 #if defined USE_LUCID
4152 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4153 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4156 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4160 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4162 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4164 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4165 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4167 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4175 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4178 /************************************************************************
4180 ************************************************************************/
4182 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4184 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4185 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4186 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4187 struct scroll_bar
*);
4188 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4192 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4193 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4195 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4197 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4199 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4201 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4202 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4205 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4207 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4209 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4211 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4212 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4213 to avoid jerkiness. */
4215 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4217 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4218 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4219 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4220 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4223 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4224 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4227 const char *end_action
;
4230 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4231 end_action
= "Release";
4232 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4233 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4234 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4235 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4238 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4239 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4243 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4244 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4245 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4247 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (WVAR (w
, vertical_scroll_bar
))->dragging
))
4249 XSCROLL_BAR (WVAR (w
, vertical_scroll_bar
))->dragging
= Qnil
;
4250 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4251 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4253 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4254 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4256 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4257 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4260 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4262 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4263 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4265 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4266 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4269 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4270 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4271 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4272 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4275 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4278 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4279 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4280 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WVAR (w
, frame
));
4285 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4286 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4287 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4288 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4289 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4292 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4293 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4294 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4295 into that array in the event. */
4296 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4297 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4300 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4302 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4303 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4305 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4306 scroll_bar_windows
=
4307 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4308 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4309 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4310 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4313 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4314 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4315 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4316 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4317 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4318 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4320 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4321 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4322 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4323 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4326 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4327 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4328 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4329 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4334 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4338 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4340 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4344 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4345 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4347 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4349 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4350 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4353 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4356 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (WVAR (w
, frame
))));
4358 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4359 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4360 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4361 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4362 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4368 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4370 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4373 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4374 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4375 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4378 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4380 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4381 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4382 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4386 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4387 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4388 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4391 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4392 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4393 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4396 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4397 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4398 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4401 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4402 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4403 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4407 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4408 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4411 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4412 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4413 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4420 /* Get the slider size. */
4422 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4425 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4426 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4427 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4428 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4432 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4438 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4439 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4440 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4444 #elif defined USE_GTK
4446 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4447 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4450 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4451 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4455 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4457 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4458 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4459 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4461 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4462 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4467 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4468 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4469 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4470 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4472 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4473 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4474 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4475 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4476 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4479 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4480 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4481 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4483 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4484 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4485 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4487 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4488 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4489 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4491 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4492 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4493 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4499 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4500 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4501 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4507 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4510 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4511 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4514 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4515 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4516 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4518 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4519 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4520 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4527 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4529 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4530 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4531 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4535 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4537 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4538 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4540 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4543 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4545 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4549 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4551 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4552 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4553 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4554 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4555 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4557 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4559 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4561 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4562 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4563 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4564 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4568 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4569 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4570 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4571 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4572 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4573 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4574 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4577 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4579 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4580 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4581 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4585 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4587 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4590 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4591 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4593 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4594 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4595 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4596 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4598 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4600 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4601 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4602 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4603 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4606 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4608 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4610 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4611 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4615 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4617 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4620 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4621 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4626 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4629 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4635 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4636 unsigned long pixel
;
4641 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4642 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4643 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4644 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4645 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4646 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4647 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4648 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4650 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4653 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4657 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4660 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4664 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4665 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4667 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4668 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4670 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4672 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4674 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4676 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4678 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4680 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4683 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4684 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4686 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4687 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4688 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4689 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4691 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4693 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4694 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4695 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4696 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4697 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4698 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4699 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4700 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4702 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4705 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4709 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4712 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4716 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4718 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4719 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4721 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4724 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4725 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4726 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4728 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4731 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4733 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4736 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4737 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4738 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4740 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4744 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4745 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4746 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4747 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4748 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4749 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4750 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4753 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4754 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4758 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4759 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4760 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4762 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4764 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4767 /* Specify the colors. */
4768 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4771 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4774 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4777 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4783 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4784 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4787 char const *initial
= "";
4788 char const *val
= initial
;
4789 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4790 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4791 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4793 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4794 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4795 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4796 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4797 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4798 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4802 /* Define callbacks. */
4803 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4804 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4807 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4808 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4810 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4812 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4813 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4814 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4815 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4817 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4818 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4819 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4820 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4824 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4827 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4828 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4832 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4834 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4837 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4839 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4842 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4843 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4850 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4851 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4852 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4853 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4854 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4855 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4856 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4857 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4858 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4859 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4860 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4861 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4862 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4863 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4870 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4871 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4874 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4878 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4879 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4881 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4882 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4883 size
= max (size
, 1);
4885 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4886 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4887 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4889 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4891 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4897 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4898 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4902 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4904 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4905 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4906 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4910 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4911 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4912 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4915 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4916 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4918 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4919 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4920 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4921 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4923 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4924 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4927 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4928 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4929 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4931 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4935 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4939 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4941 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4945 /************************************************************************
4946 Scroll bars, general
4947 ************************************************************************/
4949 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4950 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4951 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4954 static struct scroll_bar
*
4955 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4957 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WVAR (w
, frame
));
4958 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4959 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4964 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4965 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4966 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4968 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4972 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4973 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4974 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4976 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4977 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4979 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4981 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4983 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4984 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4985 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4986 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4987 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4989 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4991 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4992 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4993 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4995 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4997 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
5004 bar
->x_window
= window
;
5006 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5008 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
5012 bar
->height
= height
;
5015 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5016 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
5018 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5019 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5021 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5022 FSET (f
, scroll_bars
, barobj
);
5023 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5024 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5026 /* Map the window/widget. */
5027 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5030 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5033 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5034 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5036 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5037 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5038 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5039 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5041 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5042 max (height
, 1), 0);
5043 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5044 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5046 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5047 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5048 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5055 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5057 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5059 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5060 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5061 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5064 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5065 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5066 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5067 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5068 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5071 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5073 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5074 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5075 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5076 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5078 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5080 && start
== bar
->start
5087 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5088 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5089 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5091 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5092 the distance between start and end. */
5094 int length
= end
- start
;
5098 else if (start
> top_range
)
5100 end
= start
+ length
;
5104 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5108 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5112 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5113 if (end
> top_range
)
5116 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5117 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5118 that many pixels tall. */
5119 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5121 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5122 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5124 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5125 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5126 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5127 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5128 inside_width
, start
,
5131 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5132 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5133 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5134 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5136 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5137 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5138 /* x, y, width, height */
5139 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5140 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5141 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5143 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5144 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5145 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5146 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5148 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5149 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5150 if (end
< inside_height
)
5151 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5152 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5153 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5154 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5155 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5163 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5165 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5169 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5171 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5174 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5176 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5177 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5178 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5179 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5181 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5184 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5185 WVAR (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), vertical_scroll_bar
) = Qnil
;
5191 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5192 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5193 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5197 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5199 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WVAR (w
, frame
));
5200 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5201 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5202 int window_y
, window_height
;
5203 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5204 int fringe_extended_p
;
5207 /* Get window dimensions. */
5208 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5210 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5211 height
= window_height
;
5213 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5214 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5216 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5217 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5218 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5219 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5223 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5224 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5225 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5226 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5228 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5230 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5231 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5236 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5237 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5238 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5239 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5240 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5241 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5243 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5244 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5245 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5246 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5249 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5250 if (NILP (WVAR (w
, vertical_scroll_bar
)))
5252 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5255 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5256 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5257 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5258 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5261 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5262 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5266 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5270 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5271 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5273 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (WVAR (w
, vertical_scroll_bar
));
5277 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5279 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5281 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5283 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5286 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5288 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5289 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5291 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5292 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5293 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5295 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5296 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5297 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5299 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5300 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5303 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5306 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5307 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5309 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5310 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5311 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5313 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5314 max (height
, 1), 0);
5315 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5317 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5319 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5320 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5321 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5323 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5324 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5326 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5327 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5328 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5332 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5333 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5334 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5337 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5338 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5339 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5341 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5342 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5343 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5344 rest
, height
, False
);
5346 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5347 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5351 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5356 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5358 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5360 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5364 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5366 /* Remember new settings. */
5367 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5369 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5370 bar
->height
= height
;
5375 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5376 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5378 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5379 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5380 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5382 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5384 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5387 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5390 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5391 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5392 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5395 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5397 XSETVECTOR (WVAR (w
, vertical_scroll_bar
), bar
);
5401 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5402 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5403 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5404 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5405 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5406 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5407 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5409 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5410 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5411 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5414 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5416 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5417 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5420 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5421 FSET (frame
, scroll_bars
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5422 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5423 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5424 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5425 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5426 FSET (frame
, condemned_scroll_bars
, bar
);
5431 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5432 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5435 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5437 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5441 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5442 if (NILP (WVAR (window
, vertical_scroll_bar
)))
5445 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (WVAR (window
, vertical_scroll_bar
));
5447 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5448 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5449 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5451 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5453 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), WVAR (window
, vertical_scroll_bar
)))
5454 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5456 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5457 WVAR (window
, vertical_scroll_bar
)))
5458 FSET (f
, condemned_scroll_bars
, bar
->next
);
5460 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5461 one or the other! */
5465 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5467 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5468 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5470 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5472 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5473 FSET (f
, scroll_bars
, barobj
);
5474 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5475 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5478 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5479 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5482 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5484 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5486 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5488 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5489 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5490 FSET (f
, condemned_scroll_bars
, Qnil
);
5492 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5494 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5496 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5499 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5502 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5503 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5507 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5508 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5509 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5511 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5515 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5517 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5518 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5519 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5520 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5524 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5526 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5527 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5528 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5529 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5531 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5532 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5534 /* x, y, width, height */
5536 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5539 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5540 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5541 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5542 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5547 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5549 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5550 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5552 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5557 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5559 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5562 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5563 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5564 emacs_event
->modifiers
5565 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5566 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5567 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5568 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5571 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5572 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5573 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5576 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5577 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5580 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5583 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5584 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5585 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5587 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5589 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5590 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5591 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5592 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5594 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5595 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5597 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5598 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5602 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5603 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5607 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5609 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5611 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5615 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5617 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WVAR (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), frame
));
5619 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5622 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5624 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5625 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5627 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5628 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5630 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5632 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5634 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5639 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5641 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5642 on the scroll bar. */
5645 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5646 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5647 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5649 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5650 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5651 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5653 Window dummy_window
;
5655 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5659 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5661 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5663 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5664 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5665 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5667 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5670 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5676 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5678 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5680 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5681 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5685 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5689 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5691 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5692 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5693 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5694 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5695 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5696 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5698 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5700 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5701 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5704 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5707 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5713 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5714 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5715 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5719 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5721 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5724 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5725 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5726 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5727 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5728 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5729 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5730 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5731 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5733 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5737 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5739 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5740 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5741 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5742 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5744 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5745 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5747 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5749 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5750 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5752 static int temp_index
;
5753 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5755 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5756 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5758 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5760 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5761 on a particular display. */
5763 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5765 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5766 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5767 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5768 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5770 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5772 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5773 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5776 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5777 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = \
5778 xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5779 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5780 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5781 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5793 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5794 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5795 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5797 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5799 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5803 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5805 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5806 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5807 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5810 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5811 event
->xclient
.window
);
5813 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5818 static int current_count
;
5819 static int current_finish
;
5820 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5822 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5823 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5824 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5825 static GdkFilterReturn
5826 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5828 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5831 if (current_count
>= 0)
5833 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5835 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5838 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5839 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5840 so we do it here. */
5841 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5843 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5846 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5851 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5854 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5858 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5862 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5863 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5865 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5867 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5870 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5871 enum xembed_message
,
5872 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5874 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5876 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5877 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5878 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5880 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5883 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5884 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5887 struct input_event ie
;
5888 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5892 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5893 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5894 struct coding_system coding
;
5895 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5896 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5899 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5901 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5902 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5905 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5906 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5912 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5913 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5914 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5916 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5917 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5919 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5920 could be the shell widget window
5921 if the frame has no title bar. */
5922 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5924 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5925 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5926 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5928 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5929 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5930 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5931 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5932 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5935 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5936 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5937 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5938 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5941 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5942 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5943 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5946 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5947 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5948 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5950 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5951 /* The ICCCM says this is
5952 the only valid choice. */
5954 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5955 /* This is needed to detect the error
5956 if there is an error. */
5958 x_uncatch_errors ();
5960 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5965 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5966 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5968 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5969 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5970 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5971 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5972 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5973 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5974 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5975 session manager and one for this. */
5977 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5980 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5981 event
.xclient
.window
);
5982 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5983 for a single Emacs process. */
5984 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5985 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5986 event
.xclient
.window
,
5987 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5989 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5990 event
.xclient
.window
,
5996 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5997 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5999 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
6000 event
.xclient
.window
);
6002 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
6004 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6005 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6012 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6013 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
6018 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6019 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
6022 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6024 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
6025 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
6029 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6036 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6037 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6039 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6041 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6045 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6047 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6048 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6049 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6050 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6052 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6053 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6054 currently never do because we are interested in
6055 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6056 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6057 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6060 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6061 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6065 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6066 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6067 we construct an input_event. */
6068 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6069 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6071 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6072 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6075 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6077 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6078 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6079 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6081 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6082 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6083 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6085 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6089 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6091 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6094 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6095 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6099 case SelectionNotify
:
6100 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6101 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6102 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6104 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6105 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6108 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6109 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6110 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6111 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6113 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6115 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6117 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6118 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6119 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6120 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6121 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6125 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6126 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6127 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6128 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6130 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6132 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6134 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6135 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6136 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6137 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6138 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6139 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6140 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6141 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6145 case PropertyNotify
:
6146 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6147 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6148 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6149 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
) && f
->iconified
6150 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6152 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed. It hides
6153 the frame. So if our state says we aren't hidden anymore,
6154 treat it as deiconified. */
6155 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6156 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6157 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6158 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6159 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6160 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6161 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6162 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6165 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6166 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6169 case ReparentNotify
:
6170 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6174 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6175 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6179 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6180 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6181 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6183 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6188 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6192 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6193 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6194 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6195 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6196 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6199 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6201 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6202 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6203 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6204 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6208 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6209 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6213 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6214 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6216 #if defined USE_LUCID
6217 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6218 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6219 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6222 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6224 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6226 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6228 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6229 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6231 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6232 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6233 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6236 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6237 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6240 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6241 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6245 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6246 source area was obscured or not
6248 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6252 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6253 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6254 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6256 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6259 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6262 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6263 source area was completely
6268 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6269 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6272 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6275 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6276 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6277 the frame was deleted. */
6279 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6280 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6281 display that won't ever be seen. */
6282 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6283 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6284 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6285 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6286 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6287 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6288 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6289 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6291 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6293 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6294 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6300 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6301 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6302 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6305 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6306 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6307 frame is visible. */
6308 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6311 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6312 the frame's display structures.
6313 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6314 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6315 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6316 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6317 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6318 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6320 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6321 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6322 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6323 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6325 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6326 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6327 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6331 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6332 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6334 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6335 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6336 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6337 to update the frame titles
6338 in case this is the second frame. */
6339 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6342 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6349 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6350 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6352 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6353 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6354 if (popup_activated ())
6358 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6360 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6361 mouse highlighting. */
6362 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6364 || !EQ (FGET (f
, tool_bar_window
), hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6366 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6367 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6370 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6373 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6374 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6375 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6377 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6379 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6380 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6383 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6387 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6388 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6389 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6392 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6393 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6394 status_return even if the input is too long to
6395 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6396 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6397 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6398 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6399 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6400 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6401 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6403 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6407 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6408 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6409 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6411 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6415 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6416 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6417 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6419 /* This will have to go some day... */
6421 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6422 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6423 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6424 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6425 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6426 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6427 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6429 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6430 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6431 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6432 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6433 not it is combined with Meta. */
6434 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6435 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6440 Status status_return
;
6442 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6443 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6444 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6445 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6447 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6449 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6450 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6451 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6452 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6453 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6456 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6457 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6459 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6464 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6465 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6469 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6470 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6473 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6474 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6478 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6479 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6480 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6483 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6484 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6486 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6487 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6489 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6490 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6492 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6493 translations to characters. */
6494 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6495 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6497 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6498 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6502 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6503 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6505 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6506 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6508 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6509 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6513 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6514 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6515 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6520 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6521 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6522 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6523 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6527 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6528 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6529 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6530 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6531 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6532 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6534 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6535 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6537 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6538 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6539 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6540 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6541 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6543 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6544 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6546 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6547 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6549 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6550 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6552 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6553 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6555 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6556 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6558 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6559 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6561 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6562 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6564 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6565 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6567 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6568 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6570 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6571 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6573 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6574 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6576 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6577 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6579 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6580 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6582 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6583 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6584 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6585 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6586 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6587 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6588 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6589 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6590 don't have real modifiers but
6591 should be treated similarly to
6592 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6593 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6594 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6595 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6599 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6600 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6602 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6603 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6607 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6611 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6613 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6615 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6618 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6620 /* Decode the input data. */
6622 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6623 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6624 we used just above and the locale. */
6625 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6626 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6627 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6628 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6629 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6630 gives us composition information. */
6631 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6633 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6635 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6636 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6637 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6638 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6639 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6640 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6643 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6644 character events. */
6645 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6648 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6649 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6651 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6652 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6653 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6654 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6656 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6661 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6663 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6669 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6670 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6678 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6680 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6681 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6689 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6690 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6692 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6694 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6695 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6697 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6698 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6699 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6700 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6702 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6703 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6704 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6705 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6710 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6714 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6715 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6717 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6720 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6722 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6723 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6724 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6725 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6728 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6729 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6730 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6731 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6732 if (any_help_event_p
)
6736 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6737 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6738 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6743 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6748 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6749 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6750 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6752 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6753 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6754 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6756 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6758 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6760 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6761 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6765 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6771 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6772 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6773 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6777 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6778 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6781 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6782 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6783 will be selected only when it is active. */
6784 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6785 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6786 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6787 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6788 create event iff we don't leave the
6790 && (focus_follows_mouse
6791 || (EQ (WVAR (XWINDOW (window
), frame
),
6792 WVAR (XWINDOW (selected_window
), frame
)))))
6794 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6795 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6800 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6801 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6805 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6806 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6807 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6808 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6811 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6812 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6814 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6815 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6816 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6819 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6820 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6821 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6822 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6827 case ConfigureNotify
:
6828 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6831 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6832 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6834 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6835 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6841 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6843 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6844 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6846 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6847 is called by the code that handles resizing
6848 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6850 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6851 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6852 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6853 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6854 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6855 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6856 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6858 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6859 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6860 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6863 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6864 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6865 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6869 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6870 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6871 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6872 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6875 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6879 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6880 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6889 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6890 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6893 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6894 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6895 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6897 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6899 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6900 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6902 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6905 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6910 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6911 if (WINDOWP (FGET (f
, tool_bar_window
))
6912 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (FGET (f
, tool_bar_window
))))
6915 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6916 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6918 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6919 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, FGET (f
, tool_bar_window
));
6921 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6923 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6924 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6925 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6926 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6931 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6932 if (! popup_activated ())
6935 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6937 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6938 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6940 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6941 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6943 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6944 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6947 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6949 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6950 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6951 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6955 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6956 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6957 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6959 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6960 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6962 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6964 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6965 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6967 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6969 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6970 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6973 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6975 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6976 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6979 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6982 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6984 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6985 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6986 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6990 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6991 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6992 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6993 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6994 Instead, save it away
6995 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6996 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6997 if (! popup_activated ()
6999 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
7000 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
7002 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
7003 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
7004 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
7005 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
7006 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
7007 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
7008 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
7009 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
7011 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7012 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
7013 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7015 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7017 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
7022 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7026 case CirculateNotify
:
7029 case CirculateRequest
:
7032 case VisibilityNotify
:
7036 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7038 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7040 case MappingModifier
:
7041 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7042 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7043 case MappingKeyboard
:
7044 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7049 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7054 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7056 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7057 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7059 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7064 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7066 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7071 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7076 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7082 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7083 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7084 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7088 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7089 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7099 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7101 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7102 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7103 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7105 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7107 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7109 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7110 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7112 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7115 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7122 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7123 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler only if SYNC_INPUT is
7125 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7127 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7128 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7129 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7132 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7135 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7138 int event_found
= 0;
7140 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7142 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7144 pending_signals
= 1;
7149 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7151 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7155 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7156 input_signal_count
++;
7162 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7163 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7165 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7166 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7170 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7175 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7178 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7179 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7184 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7185 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7187 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7195 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7196 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7197 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7198 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7200 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7201 from all displays. */
7203 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7205 current_count
= count
;
7206 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7208 gtk_main_iteration ();
7210 count
= current_count
;
7212 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7214 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7217 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7219 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7220 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7223 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7224 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7225 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7227 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7231 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7232 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7234 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7236 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7237 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7241 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7243 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7244 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7246 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7247 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7261 /***********************************************************************
7263 ***********************************************************************/
7265 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7266 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7268 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7269 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7270 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7273 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7275 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7276 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7277 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7279 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7281 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7282 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7283 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7284 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7285 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7287 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7291 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7294 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7296 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7297 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7298 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7301 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7304 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7305 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7306 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7307 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7310 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7311 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7312 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7314 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7315 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7316 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7317 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7318 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7320 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7321 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7322 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7324 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7325 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7326 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7327 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7331 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7333 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7334 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7335 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7339 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7341 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WVAR (w
, frame
));
7342 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7344 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7345 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7347 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7348 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7351 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7352 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7353 the bar might not be in the window. */
7354 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7356 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7357 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7358 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7362 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7363 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7364 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7365 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7366 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7369 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7370 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7371 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7372 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7373 that the glyph is legible. */
7374 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7375 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7377 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7378 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7381 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7384 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7385 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7388 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7390 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7392 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7395 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7396 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7398 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7400 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7401 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7402 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7403 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7405 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7406 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7407 width
, row
->height
);
7411 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7414 width
= row
->height
;
7416 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7418 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7419 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7421 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7422 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7423 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7424 row
->height
- width
),
7425 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7428 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7433 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7436 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7438 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7439 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7440 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7441 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7445 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7448 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7450 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7451 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7453 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7454 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7455 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7460 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7463 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7465 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7469 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7470 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7472 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7473 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7474 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7475 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7477 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7478 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7482 switch (cursor_type
)
7484 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7485 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7488 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7489 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7493 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7497 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7501 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7510 if (w
== XWINDOW (FGET (f
, selected_window
)))
7511 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7512 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7517 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7524 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7527 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7529 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7531 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7534 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7535 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7536 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7537 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7542 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7543 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7544 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7546 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7547 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7548 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7552 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7553 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7559 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7560 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7563 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7565 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7567 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7571 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7574 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7575 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7579 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7580 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7584 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7585 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7586 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7587 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7588 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7590 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7593 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7594 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7600 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7601 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7604 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7606 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7611 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7612 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7614 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7615 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7618 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7619 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7620 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7621 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7626 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7628 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7629 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7631 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7632 be called from a signal handler.
7635 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7636 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7638 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7640 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7642 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7643 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7644 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7647 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7649 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7650 x_error_message
->string
,
7651 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7654 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7655 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7658 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7659 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7660 stored in *x_error_message.
7662 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7663 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7665 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7668 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7670 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7672 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7676 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7677 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7678 x_error_message
= data
;
7681 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7682 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7685 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7687 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7691 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7692 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7693 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7694 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7696 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7697 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7702 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7703 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7704 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7707 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7709 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7712 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7714 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7715 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7716 x_uncatch_errors ();
7717 error (format
, string
);
7721 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7722 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7725 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7727 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7730 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7733 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7736 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7738 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7741 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7742 * idea. --lorentey */
7743 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7746 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7748 while (x_error_message
)
7749 x_uncatch_errors ();
7754 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7757 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7762 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7763 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7764 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7765 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7766 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7769 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7770 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7773 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7774 must reestablish each time */
7775 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7780 /************************************************************************
7782 ************************************************************************/
7784 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7786 static char *error_msg
;
7788 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7789 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7792 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7794 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7795 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7796 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7798 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7799 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7800 handling_signal
= 0;
7802 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7803 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7807 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7809 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7810 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7813 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7814 that are on the dead display. */
7815 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7817 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7819 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7820 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7821 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7822 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7823 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7824 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7827 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7828 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7829 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7830 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7831 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7832 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7834 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7835 trying to find a replacement. */
7836 KVAR (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
) = Qt
;
7837 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7840 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7841 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7844 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7845 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7846 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7848 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7849 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7850 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7851 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7852 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7853 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7854 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7855 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7856 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7859 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7861 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7862 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7864 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7865 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7866 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7867 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7872 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7873 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7877 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7879 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7880 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7884 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7886 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7888 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7889 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7891 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7892 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7894 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7895 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7897 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7898 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7899 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7900 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7903 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7904 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7905 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7907 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7908 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7911 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7914 if (event
->error_code
== BadMatch
7915 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
7916 && event
->minor_code
== 0)
7922 if (x_error_message
)
7923 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7925 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7929 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7930 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7931 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7933 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7935 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7936 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7938 static void NO_INLINE
7939 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7941 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7943 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7944 or colors that are not defined. */
7946 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7949 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7950 original error handler. */
7952 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7953 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7954 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7955 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7959 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7960 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7961 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7964 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7968 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7969 DisplayString (display
));
7970 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7974 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7976 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7977 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7978 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7982 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7984 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7987 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7988 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7989 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7990 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7994 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7995 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7996 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7997 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7998 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
8000 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8002 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8003 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8005 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8006 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8007 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8011 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8012 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8015 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8017 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8018 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8019 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8020 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8021 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8026 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8029 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8038 /***********************************************************************
8040 ***********************************************************************/
8046 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8047 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8048 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8051 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8053 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8054 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8058 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8059 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8061 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8062 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8064 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8065 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8069 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8070 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8071 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8075 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8078 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8079 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8082 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8083 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8086 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8094 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8095 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8102 XIMCallback destroy
;
8105 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8106 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8109 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8110 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8111 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8117 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8118 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8122 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8124 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8125 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8126 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8127 when the callback was registered. */
8130 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8132 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8133 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8135 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8139 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8141 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8142 as they have no XIC. */
8143 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8145 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8148 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8150 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8153 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8154 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8156 create_frame_xic (f
);
8157 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8158 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8159 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8161 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (FGET (f
, selected_window
));
8162 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8171 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8174 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8175 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8176 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8177 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8180 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8182 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8186 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8187 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8190 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8191 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8192 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8193 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8194 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8195 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8196 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8197 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8198 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8199 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8200 least, hence the configure test. */
8201 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8202 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8203 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8204 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8206 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8210 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8213 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8218 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8219 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8220 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8222 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8223 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8224 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8225 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8226 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8227 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8228 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8229 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8231 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8234 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8238 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8239 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8242 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8244 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8246 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8247 is already for the top-left corner. */
8248 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8251 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8252 position that fits on the screen. */
8253 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8254 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8255 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8258 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8260 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8261 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8262 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8264 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8265 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8266 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8267 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8270 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8271 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8273 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8276 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8277 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8278 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8281 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8282 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8283 so the flags should correspond. */
8284 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8287 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8288 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8289 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8290 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8291 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8294 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8296 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8298 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8300 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8301 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8305 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8307 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8309 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8310 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8312 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8315 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8317 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8318 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8320 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8322 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8323 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8324 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8325 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8326 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8329 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8330 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8332 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8333 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8336 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8337 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8338 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8339 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8342 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8343 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8344 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8346 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8347 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8348 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8349 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8350 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8351 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8356 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8357 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8358 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8359 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8360 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8363 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8366 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8367 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8368 Window wmcheck_window
;
8369 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8370 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8371 long max_len
= 65536;
8372 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8373 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8374 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8378 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8379 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8380 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8381 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8382 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8383 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8385 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8387 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8388 x_uncatch_errors ();
8393 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8396 /* Check if window exists. */
8397 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8399 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8401 x_uncatch_errors ();
8406 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8408 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8409 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8410 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8411 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8412 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8413 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8415 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8417 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8418 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8419 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8420 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8421 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8423 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8425 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8426 x_uncatch_errors ();
8431 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8432 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8433 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8438 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8439 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8441 x_uncatch_errors ();
8448 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8450 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8452 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8453 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8455 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8457 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8459 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8461 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8466 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8469 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8471 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8473 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8474 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8477 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8478 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8479 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8481 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8484 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8490 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8491 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8492 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8493 long max_len
= 65536;
8494 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8495 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8496 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8499 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8502 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8503 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8504 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8505 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8506 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8508 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8510 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8511 x_uncatch_errors ();
8513 return ! f
->iconified
;
8516 x_uncatch_errors ();
8518 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8520 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8521 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8524 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8526 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8528 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8529 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8531 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8533 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8535 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8536 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8538 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8540 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8541 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8542 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8546 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8551 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8554 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8556 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8557 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8560 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8562 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8563 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8565 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8567 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8571 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8573 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8574 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8575 are sent at once. */
8576 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8578 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8579 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8580 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8581 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8582 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8583 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8585 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8586 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8587 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8588 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8589 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8590 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8591 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8593 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8594 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8595 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8596 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8597 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8598 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8599 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8601 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8602 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8603 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8604 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8605 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8607 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8608 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8609 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8611 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8612 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8615 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8619 return have_net_atom
;
8623 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8625 if (f
->async_visible
)
8628 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8636 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8638 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8641 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8646 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8649 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8652 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8655 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8660 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8661 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8666 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8667 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8669 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8671 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8674 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8675 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8677 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8678 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8679 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8681 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8683 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8684 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8686 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8688 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8689 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8690 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8691 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8692 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8694 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8695 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8697 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8698 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8701 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8706 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8707 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8708 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8709 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8710 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8711 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8712 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8715 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8717 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8719 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8720 window manager window around the frame. */
8722 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8724 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8726 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8731 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8732 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8733 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8735 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8737 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8738 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8740 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8741 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8743 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8746 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8747 frame's position. */
8749 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8753 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8754 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8755 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8756 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8757 of an exact comparison. */
8760 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8764 while (count
++ < 50)
8766 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8768 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8769 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8772 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8773 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8777 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8780 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8781 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8784 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8788 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8789 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8791 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8795 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8797 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8799 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8802 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8803 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8805 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8806 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8808 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8809 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8810 tmo
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8811 tmo_at
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), tmo
);
8813 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8815 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8816 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8817 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8819 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8824 time_now
= current_emacs_time ();
8825 if (EMACS_TIME_LT (tmo_at
, time_now
))
8828 tmo
= sub_emacs_time (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8829 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8830 break; /* Timeout */
8832 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8833 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8837 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8838 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8839 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8840 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8843 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8845 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8847 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8848 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8849 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8851 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8853 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8855 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8856 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8857 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8858 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8860 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8861 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8862 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8863 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8866 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8867 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8868 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8869 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8870 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8872 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8873 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8874 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8875 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8877 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8878 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8879 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8880 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8881 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8883 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8886 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8887 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8888 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8889 if (f
->async_visible
)
8890 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8893 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8894 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8895 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8901 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8902 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8903 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8904 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8907 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8911 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8915 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8916 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8917 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8918 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8919 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8920 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8921 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8922 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8923 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8924 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8926 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8928 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8929 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8930 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8931 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8932 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8933 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8934 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8938 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8939 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8941 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8942 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8944 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8946 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8948 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8949 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FGET (f
, root_window
)));
8951 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8952 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8953 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8954 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8955 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8960 /* Mouse warping. */
8963 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8967 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8968 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8970 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8971 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8973 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8974 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8978 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8979 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8983 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8986 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8990 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8991 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8995 /* Raise frame F. */
8998 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9001 if (f
->async_visible
)
9002 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9004 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9008 /* Lower frame F. */
9011 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9013 if (f
->async_visible
)
9016 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9017 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9022 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
9025 xembed_request_focus (FRAME_PTR f
)
9027 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
9028 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
9029 if (f
->async_visible
)
9030 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
9031 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
9034 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
9037 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
9039 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9040 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
9042 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9043 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
9046 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9047 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9048 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
9050 Fcons (make_number (1),
9051 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9057 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
9065 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9067 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
9069 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9071 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
9074 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
9076 unsigned long data
[2];
9077 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9079 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9082 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9083 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9084 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9086 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
9089 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
9090 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9094 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9095 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9096 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9097 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9098 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
9099 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
9100 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9101 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9102 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9104 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9105 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9106 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9109 /* Change of visibility. */
9111 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9112 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9113 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9114 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9115 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9116 finishes with it. */
9119 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9122 int original_top
, original_left
;
9123 int retry_count
= 2;
9129 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9131 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9133 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9135 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9136 call x_set_offset a second time
9137 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9138 before the window gets really visible. */
9139 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9140 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9141 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9142 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9144 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9146 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9147 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9148 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9149 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9150 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9153 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9154 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9156 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9158 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9159 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9161 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9162 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9164 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9165 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9166 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9169 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9171 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9172 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9173 so that incoming events are handled. */
9177 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9178 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9179 will set it when they are handled. */
9180 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9182 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9183 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9185 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9188 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9190 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9191 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9192 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9193 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9195 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9196 because the window manager may choose the position
9197 and we don't want to override it. */
9199 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9200 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9201 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9202 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9203 && previously_visible
)
9207 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9211 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9212 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9213 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9214 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9215 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9216 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9217 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9218 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9219 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9221 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9222 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9223 original_left
, original_top
);
9228 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9230 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9231 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9232 MapNotify at all.. */
9233 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9234 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9236 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9239 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9240 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9241 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9242 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9243 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9245 if (input_polling_used ())
9247 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9248 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9249 handler reset it. */
9250 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9251 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9252 poll_for_input_1 ();
9253 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9256 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9257 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9262 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9266 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9267 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9268 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9269 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9271 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9276 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9278 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9281 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9285 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9286 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9288 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9289 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9290 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9294 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9295 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9296 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9297 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9298 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9299 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9302 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9303 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9306 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9307 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9312 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9313 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9315 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9316 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9320 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9321 just by the event that we get from the server.
9322 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9323 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9324 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9326 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9327 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9328 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9335 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9338 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9340 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9345 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9346 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9347 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9349 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9354 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9356 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9358 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9360 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9361 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9363 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9364 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9366 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9369 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9370 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9376 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9378 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9380 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9381 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9382 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9383 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9384 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9385 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9386 so we have to record it here. */
9389 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9390 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9395 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9396 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9397 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9401 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9403 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9404 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9408 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9410 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9412 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9413 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9414 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9415 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9416 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9417 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9419 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9420 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9422 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9423 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9427 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9428 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9429 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9430 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9431 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9433 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9434 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9436 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9439 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9440 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9444 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9446 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9448 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9450 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9451 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9454 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9455 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9457 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9459 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9463 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9466 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9469 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9470 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9472 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9477 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9478 commands to the X server. */
9479 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9481 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9482 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9484 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9485 free_frame_faces (f
);
9487 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9488 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9490 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9491 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9492 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9493 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9494 toolkit scroll bars. */
9495 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9497 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9498 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9507 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9508 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9510 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9511 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9513 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9514 we are using a toolkit. */
9515 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9516 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9518 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9519 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9522 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9523 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9525 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9526 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9527 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9529 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9530 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9531 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9532 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9533 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9534 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9536 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9537 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9538 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9539 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9540 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9541 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9542 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9543 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9544 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9545 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9546 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9547 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9548 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9549 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9550 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9553 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9556 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9557 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9558 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9560 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9561 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9562 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9563 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9564 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9565 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9567 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9569 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9570 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9571 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9572 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9573 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9574 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9575 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9582 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9585 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9587 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9589 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9590 commands to the X server. */
9591 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9592 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9594 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9598 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9600 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9601 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9602 that the window now has.
9603 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9604 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9605 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9609 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9611 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9612 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9614 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9615 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9617 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9622 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9623 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9625 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9626 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9628 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9629 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9631 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9632 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9633 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9634 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9635 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9636 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9638 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9640 int base_width
, base_height
;
9641 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9643 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9644 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9646 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9648 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9649 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9650 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9651 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9652 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9654 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9655 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9656 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9658 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9659 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9660 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9661 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9662 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9665 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9668 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9673 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9674 long supplied_return
;
9677 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9681 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9686 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9687 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9688 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9689 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9690 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9691 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9692 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9693 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9700 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9701 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9705 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9706 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9708 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9710 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9712 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9714 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9717 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9719 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9722 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9723 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9724 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9725 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9727 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9728 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9730 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9731 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9735 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9737 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9739 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9740 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9745 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9746 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9747 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9748 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9752 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9760 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9764 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9768 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9769 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9770 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9771 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9774 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9776 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9777 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9779 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9783 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9785 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9787 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9788 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9789 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9791 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9795 /***********************************************************************
9797 ***********************************************************************/
9801 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9805 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9807 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9808 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9809 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9812 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9815 /***********************************************************************
9817 ***********************************************************************/
9819 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9820 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9821 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9822 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9824 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9825 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9826 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9828 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9829 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9830 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9831 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9832 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9833 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9834 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9837 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9839 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9841 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9843 static int x_initialized
;
9845 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9846 the screen number from the server number. */
9848 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9851 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9852 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9853 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9855 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9856 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9857 length_until_period
++;
9859 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9860 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9862 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9864 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9865 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9866 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9867 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9868 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9869 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9870 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9871 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9872 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9873 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9874 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9875 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9876 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9877 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9879 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9883 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9887 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9888 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9891 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9892 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9895 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9916 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9917 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9920 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9925 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9927 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9935 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9936 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9938 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9939 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9943 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9944 the structure that describes the open display.
9945 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9947 struct x_display_info
*
9948 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9952 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9953 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9955 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9966 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9967 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9973 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9974 char **argv2
= argv
;
9977 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9979 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9983 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9984 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9986 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9990 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9992 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9994 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9995 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9998 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9999 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10001 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10003 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
10004 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
10006 static char fix_events
[] = "GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1";
10007 putenv (fix_events
);
10010 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
10011 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
10012 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
10013 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
10015 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
10016 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
10017 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10019 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10020 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
10022 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10026 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
10028 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION <= 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION <= 90
10029 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10031 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10032 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10034 s
= build_string (file
);
10035 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10037 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10038 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
10042 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10043 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10046 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10047 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10048 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10050 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10051 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10052 So let's not use it until R6. */
10053 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10054 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10065 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10066 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10068 turn_on_atimers (0);
10069 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
10070 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10071 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10073 turn_on_atimers (1);
10075 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10076 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10081 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10082 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10083 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
10084 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10085 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10087 /* Detect failure. */
10094 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10096 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10097 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10099 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10102 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10105 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10106 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10107 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10108 SSDATA (display_name
)))
10111 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10114 terminal
->kboard
= xmalloc (sizeof *terminal
->kboard
);
10115 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10116 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vwindow_system
) = Qx
;
10118 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10119 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10120 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10121 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10122 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10124 if (!EQ (SVAR (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
), function
), Qunbound
))
10126 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10128 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10129 list of terminals. */
10130 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10131 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10132 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10133 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10135 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10136 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10138 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vsystem_key_alist
)
10139 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10140 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10142 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10143 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10147 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10148 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10149 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10150 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10151 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10153 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10156 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10157 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10158 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10160 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10161 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10162 x_display_name_list
);
10163 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10165 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10167 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10168 terminal
->name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10169 memcpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10170 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10173 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10176 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10177 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10178 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10179 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10180 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10181 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10182 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10184 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10185 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10187 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10189 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10190 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10191 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10193 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10194 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10196 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10197 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10198 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10199 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10201 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10203 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10205 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10207 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10208 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10209 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10210 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10211 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10212 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10213 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10214 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10215 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10216 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10217 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10218 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10219 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10220 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10221 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10222 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10223 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10224 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10225 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10226 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10227 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10228 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10229 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10230 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10231 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10232 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10233 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10234 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10236 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10237 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10238 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10240 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10242 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10243 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10244 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10245 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10246 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10247 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10250 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10251 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10253 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10256 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10257 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10258 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10260 if (STRINGP (value
)
10261 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10262 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10263 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10267 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10268 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10272 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10273 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10274 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10275 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10276 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10278 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10280 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10281 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10285 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10287 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10288 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10289 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10290 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10291 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10292 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10293 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10294 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10295 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10304 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10305 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10306 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10307 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10308 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10309 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10310 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10311 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10312 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10313 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10314 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10315 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10316 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10317 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10318 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10319 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10320 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10321 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10322 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10323 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10324 { "ATOM", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM
},
10325 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10326 { "CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
},
10327 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10328 /* For properties of font. */
10329 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10330 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10331 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10332 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10333 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10334 /* Ghostscript support. */
10335 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10336 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10337 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10338 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10340 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10341 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10342 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10343 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10344 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10345 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10346 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10347 { "_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
},
10348 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10349 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10350 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10351 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10352 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10353 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10354 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10355 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10356 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10357 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10358 /* Session management */
10359 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10360 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10361 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10365 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10366 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10367 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10368 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10369 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10370 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10371 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10372 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10374 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10375 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10377 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10378 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10379 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10380 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10382 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10383 False
, atoms_return
);
10385 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10386 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10388 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10389 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10391 xfree (atom_names
);
10392 xfree (atoms_return
);
10395 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10396 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10397 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10398 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10400 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10401 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10402 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10404 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10405 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10407 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10408 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10412 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10415 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10417 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10418 if (connection
!= 0)
10419 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10422 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10423 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10426 if (interrupt_input
)
10427 init_sigio (connection
);
10428 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10432 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10435 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10436 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10437 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10438 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10439 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10440 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10441 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10442 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10443 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10445 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10446 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10447 x_uncatch_errors ();
10451 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10452 for debugging X code. */
10455 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10456 build_string ("synchronous"),
10457 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10459 if (STRINGP (value
)
10460 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10461 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10462 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10467 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10468 build_string ("useXIM"),
10469 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10472 if (STRINGP (value
)
10473 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10474 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10477 if (STRINGP (value
)
10478 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10479 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10485 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10486 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10488 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10489 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10497 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10498 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10501 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10503 struct terminal
*t
;
10505 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10507 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10508 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10511 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10512 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10513 x_session_close ();
10515 delete_terminal (t
);
10519 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10521 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10522 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10523 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10524 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10525 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10530 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10531 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10533 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10535 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10538 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10542 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10543 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10545 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10546 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10549 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10551 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10552 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10553 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10556 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10557 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10558 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10562 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10564 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10565 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10566 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10567 that slows us down. */
10570 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10573 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10574 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10576 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10577 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10578 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10579 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10584 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10585 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10586 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10587 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10588 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10589 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10590 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10593 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10596 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10598 EMACS_TIME interval
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10599 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10600 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10605 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10608 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10610 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10612 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10614 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10618 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10620 x_after_update_window_line
,
10621 x_update_window_begin
,
10622 x_update_window_end
,
10628 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10630 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10631 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10632 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10633 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10634 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10635 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10636 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10637 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10638 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10639 x_clear_frame_area
,
10640 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10641 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10642 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10646 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10648 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10650 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10652 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10653 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10654 if (!terminal
->name
)
10659 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10662 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10665 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10666 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10667 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10669 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10670 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10672 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10673 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10674 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10675 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10677 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10678 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10679 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10680 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10681 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10682 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10683 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10684 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10685 leaks in other situations. */
10687 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10688 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10690 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10692 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10693 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10694 closing all the displays. */
10695 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10699 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10701 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10702 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10704 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10706 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10709 /* Mark as dead. */
10710 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10711 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10715 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10716 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10718 static struct terminal
*
10719 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10721 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10723 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10725 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10726 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10727 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10729 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10731 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10732 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10733 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10734 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10735 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10736 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10737 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10738 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10739 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10740 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10741 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10742 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10743 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10744 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10745 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10746 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10747 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10748 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10749 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10750 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10752 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10753 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10755 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10756 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10757 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10758 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10759 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10760 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10767 x_initialize (void)
10772 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10773 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10774 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10777 current_count
= -1;
10780 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10781 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10783 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10784 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10786 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10788 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10789 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10790 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10791 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10792 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10793 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10794 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10796 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10799 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10801 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10802 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10806 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10807 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10808 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10810 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10811 original error handler. */
10812 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10813 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10815 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10817 xgselect_initialize ();
10822 syms_of_xterm (void)
10824 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10826 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10827 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10829 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10830 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10832 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10833 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10835 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10836 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10839 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10840 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10842 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10845 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10846 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10847 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10848 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10849 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10850 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10851 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10853 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10855 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10856 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10857 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10858 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10859 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10860 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10861 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10863 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10864 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10865 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10866 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10867 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10868 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10869 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10870 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10871 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10873 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10874 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10875 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10876 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10877 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10878 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10879 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10881 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10882 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10883 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10885 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10887 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10890 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10893 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10894 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10896 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10897 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10898 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10899 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10900 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10901 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10902 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10903 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10904 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10906 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10907 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10908 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10909 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10910 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10911 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10913 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10914 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10915 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10916 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10917 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10918 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10920 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10921 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10922 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10923 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10924 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10925 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10927 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10928 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10929 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10930 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10931 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10932 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10934 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10935 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10936 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10937 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10938 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10942 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */